[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#218) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.7.20071028-4-g2f881c0
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:14:23 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 2f881c025f392d720814ee55b17379168603b79a (commit)
from 6e5c95de878a55bc99e0fffa9538b99d91f50461 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1318 ++++++++++---------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 1430 +++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1293 ++++++++++---------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 195 +--
4 files changed, 2200 insertions(+), 2036 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 38d1296..3be8366 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 20:33+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 23:32+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-23 14:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:6
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -145,15 +145,56 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
-"step by step Howtos"
+"step by step Howtos:"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - einfach "
"Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:40
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
+"administriation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
+"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop </"
+"ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
+"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:41
+#: release-manual.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
+"NetworkClients'>networked clients </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Voraussetzungen</"
+"ulink> zum Betrieb von Debian-Edu"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
+"and learning </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
+"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
@@ -163,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:44
+#: release-manual.xml:57
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - how"
"+where to find help"
@@ -172,7 +213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und Wo findet man Hilfe"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:47
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
"Authors of this document"
@@ -181,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
"ulink> of this document"
@@ -190,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:66
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
"The GNU Public Licence"
@@ -199,14 +240,14 @@ msgstr ""
"GNU Public Licence"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
"about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid ""
"Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page </"
"ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page "
@@ -217,13 +258,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Über DebianEdu und Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
@@ -241,7 +282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
@@ -251,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr ""
"meisten Benutzern in Norwegen, Deitschland und Frankreich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architektur"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
@@ -266,17 +307,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux-Installation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Netzwerk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:90
msgid ""
"Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
"Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
@@ -287,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr ""
"target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
@@ -310,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Netzwerkdienste nicht stört."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:93
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
@@ -328,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DNS-Alias für die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
@@ -344,12 +385,12 @@ msgstr ""
"konfigurieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:96
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
@@ -373,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und die DNS-Konfiguration entsprechend anpasst. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:98
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -383,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dass keine Klartextpasswörter in das Netzwerk gelangen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
@@ -400,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr ""
"um die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
@@ -417,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bedient."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:119
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -428,7 +469,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
@@ -438,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Nutzername/Kennwort) genutzt werden können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:108
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -447,7 +488,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:122
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -457,7 +498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
+#: release-manual.xml:123
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -465,7 +506,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:124
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -474,7 +515,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:125
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -484,7 +525,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:113
+#: release-manual.xml:126
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -497,7 +538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:127
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -506,7 +547,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -518,7 +559,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:129
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -528,12 +569,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid "Thin client services"
msgstr "Thin-Client Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:118
+#: release-manual.xml:131
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -542,7 +583,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -553,7 +594,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:120
+#: release-manual.xml:133
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
@@ -562,12 +603,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:124
+#: release-manual.xml:137
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -576,7 +617,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:138
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -585,7 +626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:139
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -593,17 +634,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:247
+#: release-manual.xml:141 release-manual.xml:260
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:129
+#: release-manual.xml:142
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Die Installation ist von CD oder DVD möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:143
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -611,7 +652,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -621,12 +662,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:146
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystem-Zugriffs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -637,7 +678,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:148
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -649,7 +690,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:138
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -665,7 +706,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -684,7 +725,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:141
+#: release-manual.xml:154
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -699,7 +740,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:160
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -707,34 +748,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:152
+#: release-manual.xml:165
msgid "random notes"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:177
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:178
msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:174
+#: release-manual.xml:187
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
"it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -745,22 +786,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:194
+#: release-manual.xml:207
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:209
+#: release-manual.xml:222
msgid ""
"(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -768,12 +809,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Vorraussetzungen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -783,7 +824,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:236
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
"ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum "
@@ -793,12 +834,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:242
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -806,18 +847,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Vorraussetzungen an das Netzwerk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -826,7 +867,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -840,7 +881,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:254
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -851,12 +892,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:261
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Wo sie weiter Informationen finden können"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:262
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -866,12 +907,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:251 release-manual.xml:1043 release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:264 release-manual.xml:1062 release-manual.xml:1088
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:255
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -879,17 +920,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:258
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
msgstr "Herunterladen eines Installationsmediums für Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:259
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -898,108 +939,108 @@ msgstr ""
"es herunterzuladen, nutze eine der beiden Methoden:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:282
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
"Oder, um eine Netzinstallation durchzuführen, kannst Du eine CD für die i386 "
"und für die amd64 Architektur herunterladen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:278
+#: release-manual.xml:291
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:279
+#: release-manual.xml:292
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:294
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:288
+#: release-manual.xml:301
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:303
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:292
+#: release-manual.xml:305
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1008,38 +1049,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:297
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Der Quellcode für dieses Release ist auf einem DVD-Image verfügbar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:298
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:302
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:321
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1048,25 +1089,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:311 release-manual.xml:365 release-manual.xml:876
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:324 release-manual.xml:378 release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:314
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:329
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installation von CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1077,12 +1117,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vom jeweiligen Installationsprofil ab."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:327
+#: release-manual.xml:340
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Installationsoptionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:341
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1101,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Voreinstellungen für die Mehrheit unserer Anwender sehr gut passen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:342
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1110,7 +1150,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:332
+#: release-manual.xml:345
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1120,7 +1160,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:337
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1129,7 +1169,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1140,19 +1180,19 @@ msgstr ""
"müssen dies aber nicht <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:373
+#: release-manual.xml:386
msgid ""
"FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
"workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:387
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:375
+#: release-manual.xml:388
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1163,12 +1203,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:390
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:378
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1179,7 +1219,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:392
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1188,112 +1228,112 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:383
+#: release-manual.xml:396
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:398
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:400
+#: release-manual.xml:413
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:410
+#: release-manual.xml:423
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:415
+#: release-manual.xml:428
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:433
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:425
+#: release-manual.xml:438
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:430
+#: release-manual.xml:443
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:448
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:453
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:458
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:469
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:462
+#: release-manual.xml:475
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:482
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
"describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this "
@@ -1301,30 +1341,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:485
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:476
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:478
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Using lwat web based management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1332,7 +1372,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:485
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. There you will see the page below with the "
@@ -1343,38 +1383,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:500
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:501
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:503
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:509
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:497
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1384,14 +1424,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:511
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:499
+#: release-manual.xml:512
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1399,19 +1439,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
"online manual of lwat."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:514
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:502
+#: release-manual.xml:515
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1425,77 +1465,77 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:523
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:512
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:528
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:517
+#: release-manual.xml:530
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:520
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:522
+#: release-manual.xml:535
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:538
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:527
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:534
+#: release-manual.xml:547
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:536
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1505,12 +1545,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:560
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:548
+#: release-manual.xml:561
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1522,12 +1562,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1535,17 +1575,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:576
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1554,19 +1594,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:564
+#: release-manual.xml:577
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:579
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -1577,66 +1617,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:569
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:595
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:584
+#: release-manual.xml:597
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:589
+#: release-manual.xml:602
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:606
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:600
+#: release-manual.xml:613
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:615
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:624
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -1645,18 +1685,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:626
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618 release-manual.xml:642 release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:631 release-manual.xml:655 release-manual.xml:940
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:621
+#: release-manual.xml:634
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -1664,12 +1704,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:636
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -1678,7 +1718,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:639
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -1686,7 +1726,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:642
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -1697,14 +1737,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -1715,31 +1755,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:645
+#: release-manual.xml:658
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:661
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:666
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -1749,7 +1789,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -1757,24 +1797,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:673
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:662
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1784,14 +1824,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1799,7 +1839,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1808,19 +1848,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:675
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1829,7 +1869,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:694
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1837,41 +1877,41 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:682
+#: release-manual.xml:695
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:699
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1879,17 +1919,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:697
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1898,7 +1938,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1906,7 +1946,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1915,7 +1955,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1926,18 +1966,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1949,12 +1989,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:712
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -1962,14 +2002,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -1980,19 +2020,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:732
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2001,25 +2041,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:726
+#: release-manual.xml:739
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:742
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:745
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2028,12 +2068,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:756
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2041,12 +2081,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -2054,12 +2094,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
@@ -2074,72 +2114,72 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:763
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:785
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:789
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:792
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:787
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:789
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2148,12 +2188,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:803
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:791
+#: release-manual.xml:804
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2164,7 +2204,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2174,28 +2214,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:815
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:805
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2205,7 +2245,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:810
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2214,7 +2254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:813
+#: release-manual.xml:826
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2222,7 +2262,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:828
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2230,18 +2270,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:817
+#: release-manual.xml:830
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:832
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2250,24 +2290,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:837
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:825
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:826
+#: release-manual.xml:839
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2276,18 +2316,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:843
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2297,124 +2337,181 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
-msgid "HowTo"
-msgstr "HowTo"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+#: release-manual.xml:848
+msgid "Howtos for general administration"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:849
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
-"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here!"
+"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
+"Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Maintainance'>Maintainance </ulink> chapters describe how to get started "
+"with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in "
+"this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
msgstr ""
-"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
-"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
-"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
-msgid "Those are not that many:"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:852
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:860
+msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:861
+msgid "FIXME. see below for a link to a howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:863
+msgid "printer managing"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
-"$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
+"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
+"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
+"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
+"correct permissions to make changes."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:867
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:868
+msgid "FIXME"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:870
+msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid ""
-"(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
+"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
+"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
+"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
+"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
+"while the partition is unmounted."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
-msgid "Other topics"
-msgstr "Andere Themen"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
+"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
+"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
+"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
+"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid ""
-"Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink "
-"url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
+"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
+"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
+"the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
+"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
+"computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
+"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
+"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
+"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
+"the file systems."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:879
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
-"definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject>"
+"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
+"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
+"</ulink> instructions?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:881
-msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:883 release-manual.xml:886
+msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:885
-msgid ""
-"Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, access "
-"home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer to) italc "
-"(documentation.)"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:890
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
-msgid "LDAP Setup"
+#: release-manual.xml:893 release-manual.xml:1021 release-manual.xml:1043
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:897
-msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:894 release-manual.xml:1022 release-manual.xml:1044
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
+"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
+"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But "
+"first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they "
+"are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
+"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
+"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:920
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:921
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
"ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:906
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2422,14 +2519,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:908
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2438,19 +2535,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:933
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:936
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -2460,21 +2557,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:943
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:924
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2483,14 +2580,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:948
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2498,12 +2595,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2511,13 +2608,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:953
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:954
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2525,40 +2622,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
-msgid "Java"
+#: release-manual.xml:957
+msgid "Other useful plugins"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:958
+msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:941
-msgid "Sound & Video"
+#: release-manual.xml:962
+msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid ""
-"- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ </"
-"ulink> or some other site?"
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
+"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
+"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:965
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2566,50 +2668,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:968
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:969
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
-msgid "Other useful plugins"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:955
-msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:956
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
-"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:973
+msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:975
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2618,36 +2707,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
-msgid "printer managing"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
-msgid ""
-"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
-"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
-"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
-"correct permissions to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
-msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:978
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:971
+#: release-manual.xml:980
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -2656,7 +2726,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
"specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -2664,33 +2734,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:982
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
"\"59-62\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:976
+#: release-manual.xml:985
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -2698,12 +2768,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
-msgid "load balancing servers"
+#: release-manual.xml:988
+msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -2715,12 +2785,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:984
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2729,21 +2799,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2753,12 +2823,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2771,19 +2841,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1007
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -2793,12 +2863,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -2807,126 +2877,89 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1006
-msgid "Using volatile.debian.org and backports.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
-msgid "FIXME: describe howto..."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
"with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
"their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
-msgid "Other solutions"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1016
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid ""
-"FIXME: should be rewritten to match the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> "
-"audience"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
+"$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
-"students."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
+msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1019
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
+msgid "Schooltool"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points."
+"FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
+"use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
-msgid "Resize Partitions"
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
+msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
-"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
-"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
-"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
-"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
-"while the partition is unmounted."
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
+#: release-manual.xml:1041
msgid ""
-"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
-"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
-"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
-"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
-"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
+"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
-msgid ""
-"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
-"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
-"the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
-"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
-"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
-"computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
-"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
-"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
-"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
-"the file systems."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1048
msgid ""
-"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
-"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
-"</ulink> instructions?"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
+"interesting"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1054
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -2935,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -2946,48 +2979,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1069
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1056
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -2995,12 +3028,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1074
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -3010,24 +3043,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1097
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3035,22 +3068,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1089
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -3058,7 +3091,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1112
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3066,12 +3099,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -3079,7 +3112,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3088,19 +3121,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3111,24 +3144,24 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1126
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3136,12 +3169,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
+#: release-manual.xml:1151
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf "
@@ -3153,7 +3186,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3166,26 +3199,26 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1155
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1158
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -3198,12 +3231,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1141
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -3214,18 +3247,18 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1143
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr "Wenn Du beginnen möchtest mit der Übersetzung: Du kannst es tun!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3235,7 +3268,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -3251,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3259,14 +3292,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1158
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -3279,7 +3312,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -3291,12 +3324,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1181
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr "Mögliche Probleme der Übersetzungen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3306,24 +3339,24 @@ msgstr ""
"unterstützen. Später <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3333,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3342,7 +3375,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3351,7 +3384,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3359,17 +3392,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3378,12 +3411,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3397,7 +3430,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3408,7 +3441,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3420,14 +3453,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3436,7 +3469,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3444,7 +3477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3453,7 +3486,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3468,7 +3501,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3482,7 +3515,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3491,7 +3524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3500,7 +3533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3509,7 +3542,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3518,7 +3551,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3529,7 +3562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3539,7 +3572,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1235
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3553,7 +3586,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3563,7 +3596,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3575,7 +3608,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3588,7 +3621,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3600,7 +3633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3617,7 +3650,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3625,7 +3658,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3639,14 +3672,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3658,7 +3691,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3667,7 +3700,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3679,7 +3712,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3692,7 +3725,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3706,7 +3739,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3720,27 +3753,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1252
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -3752,97 +3785,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271 release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290 release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292 release-manual.xml:1299 release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1311 release-manual.xml:1318 release-manual.xml:1325
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1304
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -3851,28 +3884,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTo"
+#~ msgstr "HowTo"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Other topics"
+#~ msgstr "Andere Themen"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3901,15 +3946,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "package on"
#~ msgstr "Paket am"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
-#~ "ulink> are part of the"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
-#~ "ulink> dieses Dokuments"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index fe140a5..d9d4d5f 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 20:33+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 23:32+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-22 10:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentación/Etch/TodoJunto"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:6
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -142,15 +142,56 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
-"step by step Howtos"
+"step by step Howtos:"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTos </ulink> - "
"Instrucciones simples paso a paso"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:41
+#: release-manual.xml:40
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
+"administriation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Traducciones </"
+"ulink> de este documento"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop </"
+"ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Traducciones </"
+"ulink> de este documento"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
+"NetworkClients'>networked clients </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requisitos </"
+"ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
+"and learning </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Traducciones </"
+"ulink> de este documento"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
@@ -160,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:44
+#: release-manual.xml:57
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - how"
"+where to find help"
@@ -169,7 +210,7 @@ msgstr ""
"donde encontrar ayuda"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:47
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
"Authors of this document"
@@ -178,7 +219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Autores de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
"ulink> of this document"
@@ -187,7 +228,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:66
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
"The GNU Public Licence"
@@ -196,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr ""
"The GNU Public Licence"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:69
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
@@ -206,7 +247,7 @@ msgstr ""
"The GNU Public Licence"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid ""
"Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page </"
"ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page "
@@ -217,13 +258,13 @@ msgstr ""
"página </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Acerca de DebianEdu y Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
@@ -241,7 +282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"colegios para alumnos entre 6 y 16 años)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
@@ -251,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr ""
"están en Noruega, Alemania y Francia."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitectura"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
@@ -266,17 +307,17 @@ msgstr ""
"proporcionados por una instalación Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Red"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:90
msgid ""
"Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
"Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
@@ -287,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr ""
"target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
@@ -309,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor no afecta al resto de los servicios de red."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:93
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
@@ -327,7 +368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alias DNS de ese servicio a la máquina correcta."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
@@ -344,12 +385,12 @@ msgstr ""
"separado)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:96
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Servicios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
@@ -376,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en esa máquina)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:98
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -387,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plano."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
@@ -406,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección ip."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
@@ -422,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows y clientes Macintosh."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
@@ -441,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mediante POP3 o IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
@@ -451,7 +492,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la base de datos de usuario centralizada para autenticación y autorización."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:108
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -464,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acceso a Internet individualmente para cada puesto."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
@@ -480,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de los clientes ligeros no interfiere con el resto de los servicios de red)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
+#: release-manual.xml:123
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -491,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aceptar sólo mensajes entrantes desde la red local."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:124
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -504,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"todos los puestos de la red pueden usarlo como su servidor de DNS principal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
@@ -520,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el servidor web se puede programar."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:113
+#: release-manual.xml:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
@@ -543,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
@@ -557,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"individuales o grupos de usuarios mediante los sistemas de administración."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
@@ -577,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la red tiene la hora correcta."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
@@ -593,12 +634,12 @@ msgstr ""
"las impresoras."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid "Thin client services"
msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:118
+#: release-manual.xml:131
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
@@ -613,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Project (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -630,7 +671,7 @@ msgstr ""
"XDMCP, asegurando que todos los programas se ejecutan en el servidor LTSP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:120
+#: release-manual.xml:133
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
@@ -643,12 +684,12 @@ msgstr ""
"identificar que cliente está haciendo qué cosa en el servidor central?)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:124
+#: release-manual.xml:137
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acceso completo a todos los puestos."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:138
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -674,7 +715,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que la automatización distribuya los cambios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:139
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -685,17 +726,17 @@ msgstr ""
"y es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:247
+#: release-manual.xml:141 release-manual.xml:260
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:129
+#: release-manual.xml:142
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Se puede instalar tanto desde un CD como un DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:143
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -706,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalación del DVD funciona sin acceder a Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -722,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr ""
"después de la instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:146
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -744,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"algunos no deberían ser accesibles por nadie que no fuera el usuario."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:148
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -756,7 +797,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:138
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -784,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"grupo de usuarios X=7)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
@@ -817,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr ""
"como otros han resuelto los mismos problemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:141
+#: release-manual.xml:154
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -832,7 +873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
@@ -843,12 +884,12 @@ msgstr ""
"así que el privilegio máximo para"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:152
+#: release-manual.xml:165
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "notas sueltas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
@@ -856,23 +897,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Estas son varias notas de cosas que deberían incluirse en este documento."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:177
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Características"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Características nuevas en la versión \"3.0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:174
+#: release-manual.xml:187
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
"it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -883,24 +924,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:194
+#: release-manual.xml:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Características de la versión 2.0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Características de la versión \"1.0 venus\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:209
+#: release-manual.xml:222
msgid ""
"(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -908,12 +949,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -928,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr ""
"puestos de cliente."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:236
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
@@ -942,14 +983,14 @@ msgstr ""
"MHz de cpu. Se necesita también swap."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
"POR HACER: añadir enlaces a las explicaciones del servidor principal y "
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
@@ -961,18 +1002,18 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
@@ -984,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección IP 10.0.2.1 en el interfaz interno."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -998,7 +1039,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:254
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1009,12 +1050,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:261
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
@@ -1030,12 +1071,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:251 release-manual.xml:1043 release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:264 release-manual.xml:1062 release-manual.xml:1088
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:255
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1046,18 +1087,18 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:258
+#: release-manual.xml:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
msgstr "Descargar un formato de instalación para Debian-edu etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:259
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDs para i386, amd64 y powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1066,106 +1107,106 @@ msgstr ""
"de estos métodos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:282
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "o con el cd netinstall puedes descargarla para i386"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:278
+#: release-manual.xml:291
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:279
+#: release-manual.xml:292
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:294
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:288
+#: release-manual.xml:301
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:303
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:292
+#: release-manual.xml:305
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:309
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
@@ -1179,38 +1220,38 @@ msgstr ""
"no ser soportada como las demás arquitecturas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:297
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:298
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:302
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:321
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1219,25 +1260,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:311 release-manual.xml:365 release-manual.xml:876
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:324 release-manual.xml:378 release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:314
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:329
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Instalación desde CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1247,12 +1287,12 @@ msgstr ""
"el resto desde la red. La cantidad de paquetes a descargar depende del pefil:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:327
+#: release-manual.xml:340
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Opciones de instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:341
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1271,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ponemos por defecto van estupendamente."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:342
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1280,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:332
+#: release-manual.xml:345
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1290,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:337
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1299,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1310,7 +1350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"obligatorio <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:373
+#: release-manual.xml:386
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
@@ -1322,12 +1362,12 @@ msgstr ""
"configuran después de la instalación, siguiendo el tutorial para ello."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:387
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:375
+#: release-manual.xml:388
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1338,12 +1378,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:390
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:378
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1354,7 +1394,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:392
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1363,7 +1403,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:383
+#: release-manual.xml:396
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1371,77 +1411,77 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:398
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:400
+#: release-manual.xml:413
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:410
+#: release-manual.xml:423
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:415
+#: release-manual.xml:428
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:433
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:425
+#: release-manual.xml:438
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:430
+#: release-manual.xml:443
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:448
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:453
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:458
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1450,29 +1490,29 @@ msgstr ""
"resolución para este pantallazo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:469
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:462
+#: release-manual.xml:475
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:482
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
@@ -1484,18 +1524,18 @@ msgstr ""
"las cosas que todo el mundo tiene que hacer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:485
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:476
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -1504,12 +1544,12 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz web. Los describiremos aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:478
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Using lwat web based management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1517,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:485
+#: release-manual.xml:498
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
@@ -1533,39 +1573,39 @@ msgstr ""
"de la instalación su nombre de usuario es:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:500
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:501
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:503
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:497
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1575,14 +1615,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:511
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:499
+#: release-manual.xml:512
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1590,19 +1630,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
"online manual of lwat."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:514
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:502
+#: release-manual.xml:515
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1616,79 +1656,79 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:523
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:512
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:528
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:517
+#: release-manual.xml:530
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:520
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:522
+#: release-manual.xml:535
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:538
#, fuzzy
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:527
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:534
+#: release-manual.xml:547
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:536
+#: release-manual.xml:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1698,12 +1738,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:560
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:548
+#: release-manual.xml:561
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1715,13 +1755,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1729,19 +1769,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:576
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1750,20 +1790,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:564
+#: release-manual.xml:577
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:579
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -1774,39 +1814,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:569
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:595
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:584
+#: release-manual.xml:597
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:589
+#: release-manual.xml:602
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:606
#, fuzzy
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1814,17 +1854,17 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:600
+#: release-manual.xml:613
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1832,14 +1872,14 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:624
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -1848,18 +1888,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:626
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618 release-manual.xml:642 release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:631 release-manual.xml:655 release-manual.xml:940
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:621
+#: release-manual.xml:634
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -1867,12 +1907,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:636
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -1881,7 +1921,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:639
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -1889,7 +1929,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:642
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -1900,14 +1940,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -1918,31 +1958,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:645
+#: release-manual.xml:658
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:661
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:666
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
@@ -1958,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -1966,17 +2006,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:673
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:662
+#: release-manual.xml:675
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -1984,7 +2024,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1994,14 +2034,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2009,7 +2049,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2018,19 +2058,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:675
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2043,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:694
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -2051,14 +2091,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:682
+#: release-manual.xml:695
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -2067,27 +2107,27 @@ msgstr ""
"mejor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:699
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2098,17 +2138,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr "dar apuntes sobre munin, sitesummary y nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:697
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2122,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr ""
"más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2133,7 +2173,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2146,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ver si todo funciona como debiera."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:716
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -2162,20 +2202,20 @@ msgstr ""
"durante algún tiempo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:720
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
@@ -2195,12 +2235,12 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de actualizar!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:712
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2211,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -2220,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambios internos del instalador."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -2237,12 +2277,12 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:732
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -2251,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2263,25 +2303,25 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:726
+#: release-manual.xml:739
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:742
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:745
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2293,12 +2333,12 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:756
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2308,12 +2348,12 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr "después de modificar su sources.list:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -2323,12 +2363,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
@@ -2352,12 +2392,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -2366,54 +2406,54 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:763
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:785
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:789
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:792
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:787
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
@@ -2422,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización empieza a reemplazar los paquetes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:789
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2435,12 +2475,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:803
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:791
+#: release-manual.xml:804
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2456,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2471,28 +2511,28 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:815
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:805
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2506,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:810
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2519,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:813
+#: release-manual.xml:826
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2529,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:828
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2540,18 +2580,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:817
+#: release-manual.xml:830
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:832
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2563,24 +2603,24 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:837
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:825
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:826
+#: release-manual.xml:839
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2589,19 +2629,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -2617,131 +2657,174 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
-msgid "HowTo"
-msgstr "HowTo"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
+#: release-manual.xml:848
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Howtos for general administration"
+msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:849
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
-"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here!"
+"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
+"Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Maintainance'>Maintainance </ulink> chapters describe how to get started "
+"with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in "
+"this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
msgstr ""
-"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
-"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
-"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
-msgid "Those are not that many:"
-msgstr "No son demasiados:"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:852
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
-"$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - si esto se modifica, también debe "
-"cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client "
+"Instalar máquinas con servicios separados para liberar carga del servidor "
+"principal"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:860
+msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+msgstr "/etc/ en svk"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:861
+msgid "FIXME. see below for a link to a howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:863
+msgid "printer managing"
+msgstr "gestión de impresora"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
+"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
+"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
+"correct permissions to make changes."
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incompleo pero "
-"interesante"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:867
+msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
+msgstr "Configuración del Cortafuegos (coyote linux)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:868
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "FIXME"
+msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:870
+msgid "Resize Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid ""
-"(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
+"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
+"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
+"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
+"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
+"while the partition is unmounted."
msgstr ""
-"(ver la historia de estas páginas del wiki y preguntar a los autores si no "
-"les importa moverlas al howto y ponerlas bajo GPL)"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
-msgid "Other topics"
-msgstr "Otros temas"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
+"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
+"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
+"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
+"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:873
msgid ""
-"Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink "
-"url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
+"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
+"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
+"the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
+"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
+"computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
+"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
+"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
+"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
+"the file systems."
msgstr ""
-"Otros temas que debería cubrir la documentación, aunque no necesariamente en "
-"<ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Capítulo sobre <inlinemediaobject>"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:879
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
-"definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject>"
+"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
+"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
+"</ulink> instructions?"
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Este capítulo <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> debe "
-"reorganizarse - lo siento por los traductores <inlinemediaobject>"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:881
-msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:883 release-manual.xml:886
+msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:885
-msgid ""
-"Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, access "
-"home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer to) italc "
-"(documentation.)"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
-"En alguna parte tenemos que documentar el uso básico de lwat (como crear "
-"usuarios, acceder a los directorios home (o incluso exportarlos a las "
-"máquinas) y dar enlaces a la documentación de italc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr "Java"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:890
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
-"Instalar máquinas con servicios separados para liberar carga del servidor "
-"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
-msgid "LDAP Setup"
-msgstr "Configuración de LDAP"
+#: release-manual.xml:893 release-manual.xml:1021 release-manual.xml:1043
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:897
-msgid "/etc/ in svk"
-msgstr "/etc/ en svk"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:894 release-manual.xml:1022 release-manual.xml:1044
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
+"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
+"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But "
+"first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they "
+"are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
+"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
+"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:921
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
@@ -2751,12 +2834,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:906
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2764,14 +2847,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:908
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2780,19 +2863,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:933
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:936
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:937
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -2805,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:943
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -2814,7 +2897,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -2823,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:924
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2832,14 +2915,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:948
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2847,12 +2930,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2860,13 +2943,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:953
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:954
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2874,43 +2957,46 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
-msgid "Java"
-msgstr "Java"
+#: release-manual.xml:957
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other useful plugins"
+msgstr "Otros temas"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:958
+msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:941
-msgid "Sound & Video"
-msgstr "Sonido y Vídeo"
+#: release-manual.xml:962
+msgid "Playing DVDs"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid ""
-"- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ </"
-"ulink> or some other site?"
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
+"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
+"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org."
msgstr ""
-"- donde enconttrar libdvdcss para reproducir dvds. ¿Deberíamos promocionar "
-"<ulink url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia."
-"org/ </ulink> o algún otro sitio?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:965
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2918,51 +3004,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:968
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:969
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Other useful plugins"
-msgstr "Otros temas"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:955
-msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:956
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
-"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:973
+msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:975
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2975,36 +3047,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
-msgid "printer managing"
-msgstr "gestión de impresora"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
-msgid ""
-"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
-"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
-"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
-"correct permissions to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
-msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
-msgstr "Configuración del Cortafuegos (coyote linux)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:978
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:971
+#: release-manual.xml:980
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -3013,7 +3066,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
"specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -3021,33 +3074,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:982
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
"\"59-62\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:976
+#: release-manual.xml:985
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -3055,12 +3108,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
-msgid "load balancing servers"
+#: release-manual.xml:988
+msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -3072,12 +3125,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:984
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3090,7 +3143,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -3099,14 +3152,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3121,12 +3174,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3147,7 +3200,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -3157,13 +3210,13 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1007
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -3179,12 +3232,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -3193,22 +3246,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1006
-msgid "Using volatile.debian.org and backports.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
-msgid "FIXME: describe howto..."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
@@ -3219,105 +3262,84 @@ msgstr ""
"defecto en Skolelinux. De esa forma los alumnos y profesores pueden acceder "
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Other solutions"
-msgstr "Otros temas"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1016
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid ""
-"FIXME: should be rewritten to match the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> "
-"audience"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
+"$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - si esto se modifica, también debe "
+"cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client "
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
-"students."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
+msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1019
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
+msgid "Schooltool"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points."
+"FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
+"use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
-msgid "Resize Partitions"
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
+msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
-"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
-"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
-"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
-"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
-"while the partition is unmounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
-msgid ""
-"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
-"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
-"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
-"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
-"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1041
msgid ""
-"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
-"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
-"the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
-"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
-"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
-"computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
-"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
-"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
-"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
-"the file systems."
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
+"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1048
msgid ""
-"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
-"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
-"</ulink> instructions?"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
+"interesting"
msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incompleo pero "
+"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1054
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -3326,7 +3348,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -3337,19 +3359,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1069
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
@@ -3358,7 +3380,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1056
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
@@ -3367,25 +3389,25 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu </ulink> - lista de correo orientada a desarrolladores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -3396,12 +3418,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1074
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr "Se necesitan traducciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -3411,13 +3433,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr "Unirse a un equipo local de Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
@@ -3426,13 +3448,13 @@ msgstr ""
"España (la región de Extremadura con LinEx)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr "Comenzar un nuevo equipo local de debian-edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3444,22 +3466,22 @@ msgstr ""
"edu!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1089
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
msgid "in english"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -3471,7 +3493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1112
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3482,12 +3504,12 @@ msgstr ""
"útil para informar de problemas que para que te ayuden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3499,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3512,12 +3534,12 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid "in german"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -3528,7 +3550,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3538,12 +3560,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid "in french"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -3553,12 +3575,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1126
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3569,12 +3591,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
+#: release-manual.xml:1151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -3586,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3598,12 +3620,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1155
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -3612,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -3621,7 +3643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1158
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -3632,12 +3654,12 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1141
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -3648,18 +3670,18 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1143
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3669,7 +3691,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -3684,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3692,14 +3714,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1158
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -3708,7 +3730,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -3722,12 +3744,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1181
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr "Problemas potenciales para los traductores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3736,24 +3758,24 @@ msgstr ""
"diferentes imágenes con diferentes traducciones <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -3767,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3776,7 +3798,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3785,7 +3807,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3793,17 +3815,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3812,12 +3834,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3831,7 +3853,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3842,7 +3864,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3854,14 +3876,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3870,7 +3892,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3878,7 +3900,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3887,7 +3909,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3902,7 +3924,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3916,7 +3938,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3925,7 +3947,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3934,7 +3956,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3943,7 +3965,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3952,7 +3974,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3963,7 +3985,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3973,7 +3995,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1235
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3987,7 +4009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3997,7 +4019,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4009,7 +4031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -4022,7 +4044,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -4034,7 +4056,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -4051,7 +4073,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -4059,7 +4081,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -4073,14 +4095,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -4092,7 +4114,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -4101,7 +4123,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4113,7 +4135,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -4126,7 +4148,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4140,7 +4162,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4154,27 +4176,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1252
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -4186,99 +4208,99 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271 release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290 release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292 release-manual.xml:1299 release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1311 release-manual.xml:1318 release-manual.xml:1325
#, fuzzy
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1304
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -4287,28 +4309,101 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTo"
+#~ msgstr "HowTo"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Those are not that many:"
+#~ msgstr "No son demasiados:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
+#~ "with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "(ver la historia de estas páginas del wiki y preguntar a los autores si "
+#~ "no les importa moverlas al howto y ponerlas bajo GPL)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Other topics"
+#~ msgstr "Otros temas"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the "
+#~ "<ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Otros temas que debería cubrir la documentación, aunque no necesariamente "
+#~ "en <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Capítulo sobre <inlinemediaobject>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
+#~ "definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Este capítulo <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> "
+#~ "debe reorganizarse - lo siento por los traductores <inlinemediaobject>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, "
+#~ "access home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer "
+#~ "to) italc (documentation.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En alguna parte tenemos que documentar el uso básico de lwat (como crear "
+#~ "usuarios, acceder a los directorios home (o incluso exportarlos a las "
+#~ "máquinas) y dar enlaces a la documentación de italc."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "LDAP Setup"
+#~ msgstr "Configuración de LDAP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Sound & Video"
+#~ msgstr "Sonido y Vídeo"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
+#~ "url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ "
+#~ "</ulink> or some other site?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- donde enconttrar libdvdcss para reproducir dvds. ¿Deberíamos "
+#~ "promocionar <ulink url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www."
+#~ "debian-multimedia.org/ </ulink> o algún otro sitio?"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Other solutions"
+#~ msgstr "Otros temas"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#~ msgid "FIXME: describe Groups, Machine and Machine Administration here."
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -4374,15 +4469,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "package on"
#~ msgstr "paquete en"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
-#~ "ulink> are part of the"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Traducciones </"
-#~ "ulink> de este documento"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -4556,10 +4642,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "nombre completo del usuario, lwat le sugerirá un nombre de login. Si no "
#~ "le gusta, puede cambiarlo sin problema."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#~ msgid "User Administration"
-#~ msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 223cc06..430c9c0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 20:33+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 23:32+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-14 11:34MET\n"
"Last-Translator: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere at hungry.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-nb at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:6
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
@@ -114,53 +114,81 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:38
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
-"step by step Howtos"
+"step by step Howtos:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
+"administriation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop </"
+"ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
+"NetworkClients'>networked clients </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
+"and learning </ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:41
+#: release-manual.xml:54
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
"Debian Edu"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:44
+#: release-manual.xml:57
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - how"
"+where to find help"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:47
+#: release-manual.xml:60
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
"Authors of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:50
+#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
"ulink> of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:66
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
"The GNU Public Licence"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
"about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid ""
"Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page </"
"ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page "
@@ -168,12 +196,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
@@ -184,36 +212,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid ""
"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:86
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:90
msgid ""
"Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
"Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
@@ -221,7 +249,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:92
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -234,7 +262,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -245,7 +273,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:94
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -255,12 +283,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:96
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Tjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -275,7 +303,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: release-manual.xml:98
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -283,7 +311,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -296,7 +324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: release-manual.xml:118
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -306,7 +334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:119
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -317,14 +345,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: release-manual.xml:120
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:108
+#: release-manual.xml:121
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -333,7 +361,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: release-manual.xml:122
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -343,7 +371,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
+#: release-manual.xml:123
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -351,7 +379,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: release-manual.xml:124
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -360,7 +388,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:125
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -370,7 +398,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:113
+#: release-manual.xml:126
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -383,7 +411,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:127
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -392,7 +420,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:115
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -404,7 +432,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:129
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -414,12 +442,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid "Thin client services"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:118
+#: release-manual.xml:131
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -428,7 +456,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -439,7 +467,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:120
+#: release-manual.xml:133
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
@@ -448,12 +476,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:136
msgid "Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:124
+#: release-manual.xml:137
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -462,7 +490,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:138
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -471,7 +499,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:139
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -479,17 +507,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:128 release-manual.xml:247
+#: release-manual.xml:141 release-manual.xml:260
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:129
+#: release-manual.xml:142
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:143
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -497,7 +525,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -507,12 +535,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:146
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -523,7 +551,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:148
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -535,7 +563,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:138
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -551,7 +579,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:140
+#: release-manual.xml:153
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -570,7 +598,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:141
+#: release-manual.xml:154
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -585,7 +613,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:160
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -593,34 +621,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:152
+#: release-manual.xml:165
msgid "random notes"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:166
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:177
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:178
msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:174
+#: release-manual.xml:187
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
"it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -631,22 +659,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:194
+#: release-manual.xml:207
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:209
+#: release-manual.xml:222
msgid ""
"(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -654,12 +682,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -669,7 +697,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:236
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
"ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum "
@@ -679,12 +707,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:228
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:229
+#: release-manual.xml:242
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -692,17 +720,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -711,7 +739,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -725,7 +753,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:254
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -736,12 +764,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:248
+#: release-manual.xml:261
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:249
+#: release-manual.xml:262
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -751,12 +779,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:251 release-manual.xml:1043 release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:264 release-manual.xml:1062 release-manual.xml:1088
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:255
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -764,123 +792,123 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:258
+#: release-manual.xml:271
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:259
+#: release-manual.xml:272
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:273
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:274
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:276
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:269
+#: release-manual.xml:282
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:285
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:278
+#: release-manual.xml:291
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:279
+#: release-manual.xml:292
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:281
+#: release-manual.xml:294
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:288
+#: release-manual.xml:301
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:303
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:292
+#: release-manual.xml:305
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -889,38 +917,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:297
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:298
+#: release-manual.xml:311
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:302
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:321
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -929,25 +957,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:311 release-manual.xml:365 release-manual.xml:876
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:324 release-manual.xml:378 release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:314
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:316
+#: release-manual.xml:329
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installasjon fra CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:317
+#: release-manual.xml:330
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -955,12 +982,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:327
+#: release-manual.xml:340
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:328
+#: release-manual.xml:341
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -971,7 +998,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:342
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -980,7 +1007,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:332
+#: release-manual.xml:345
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -990,7 +1017,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:337
+#: release-manual.xml:350
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -999,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:363
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1007,19 +1034,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:373
+#: release-manual.xml:386
msgid ""
"FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
"workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:374
+#: release-manual.xml:387
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:375
+#: release-manual.xml:388
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1030,12 +1057,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:390
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:378
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1046,7 +1073,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:392
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1055,112 +1082,112 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:383
+#: release-manual.xml:396
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:398
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:403
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:408
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:400
+#: release-manual.xml:413
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:418
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:410
+#: release-manual.xml:423
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:415
+#: release-manual.xml:428
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:433
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:425
+#: release-manual.xml:438
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:430
+#: release-manual.xml:443
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:448
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:440
+#: release-manual.xml:453
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:445
+#: release-manual.xml:458
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:469
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:462
+#: release-manual.xml:475
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:481
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:482
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
"describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this "
@@ -1168,29 +1195,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:472
+#: release-manual.xml:485
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:476
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:490
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:478
+#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Using lwat web based management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:479
+#: release-manual.xml:492
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1198,7 +1225,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:485
+#: release-manual.xml:498
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. There you will see the page below with the "
@@ -1209,37 +1236,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:500
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: release-manual.xml:501
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:503
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:507
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:509
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:497
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1249,14 +1276,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:511
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:499
+#: release-manual.xml:512
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1264,19 +1291,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
"online manual of lwat."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:514
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:502
+#: release-manual.xml:515
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1290,77 +1317,77 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:523
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:512
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:528
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:517
+#: release-manual.xml:530
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:520
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:522
+#: release-manual.xml:535
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:538
msgid "Admins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:527
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:534
+#: release-manual.xml:547
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:536
+#: release-manual.xml:549
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1370,12 +1397,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:560
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:548
+#: release-manual.xml:561
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1387,12 +1414,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:554
+#: release-manual.xml:567
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1400,17 +1427,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:562
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:576
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1419,19 +1446,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:564
+#: release-manual.xml:577
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:566
+#: release-manual.xml:579
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:580
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -1442,66 +1469,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:569
+#: release-manual.xml:582
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:595
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:584
+#: release-manual.xml:597
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:589
+#: release-manual.xml:602
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:604
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:606
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:600
+#: release-manual.xml:613
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:615
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:624
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -1510,17 +1537,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:626
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:618 release-manual.xml:642 release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:631 release-manual.xml:655 release-manual.xml:940
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:621
+#: release-manual.xml:634
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -1528,12 +1555,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:636
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -1542,7 +1569,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:639
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -1550,7 +1577,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:642
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -1561,14 +1588,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -1579,31 +1606,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:645
+#: release-manual.xml:658
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:661
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:666
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -1613,7 +1640,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -1621,24 +1648,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:673
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:674
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:662
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1648,14 +1675,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1663,7 +1690,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:672
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1672,19 +1699,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:675
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1693,7 +1720,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:694
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
"to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1701,41 +1728,41 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:682
+#: release-manual.xml:695
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
"the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:699
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:703
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1743,17 +1770,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:697
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1762,7 +1789,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1770,7 +1797,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1779,7 +1806,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1790,18 +1817,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1813,12 +1840,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:712
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -1826,14 +1853,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -1844,19 +1871,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:732
msgid "Prepare the System"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -1865,25 +1892,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:726
+#: release-manual.xml:739
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:742
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:745
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -1892,12 +1919,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:755
msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:756
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -1905,12 +1932,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -1918,12 +1945,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: release-manual.xml:766
msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid ""
"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
@@ -1938,72 +1965,72 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:763
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:782
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:785
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:789
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:792
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:787
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
msgid ""
"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:789
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2012,12 +2039,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:803
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:791
+#: release-manual.xml:804
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2028,7 +2055,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2038,28 +2065,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:815
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:805
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2069,7 +2096,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:810
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2078,7 +2105,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:813
+#: release-manual.xml:826
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2086,7 +2113,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:828
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2094,18 +2121,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:817
+#: release-manual.xml:830
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:832
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2114,24 +2141,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:837
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:825
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:826
+#: release-manual.xml:839
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2140,18 +2167,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:843
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2161,120 +2188,176 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
-msgid "HowTo"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+#: release-manual.xml:848
+msgid "Howtos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:849
msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
-"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here!"
+"The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
+"Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Maintainance'>Maintainance </ulink> chapters describe how to get started "
+"with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in "
+"this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
-msgid "Those are not that many:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:852
msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
-"$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
-"interesting"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:860
+msgid "/etc/ in svk"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
-msgid ""
-"(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:861
+msgid "FIXME. see below for a link to a howto"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
-msgid "Other topics"
-msgstr "Andre tema"
+#: release-manual.xml:863
+msgid "printer managing"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
-"Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink "
-"url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject>"
+"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
+"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
+"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
+"correct permissions to make changes."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:867
+msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:868
+msgid "FIXME"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:870
+msgid "Resize Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:871
+msgid ""
+"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
+"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
+"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
+"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
+"while the partition is unmounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
+"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
+"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
+"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
+"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:873
+msgid ""
+"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
+"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
+"the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
+"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
+"computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
+"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
+"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
+"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
+"the file systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:879
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
-"definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject>"
+"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
+"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
+"</ulink> instructions?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:881
-msgid "<phrase>:( </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:883 release-manual.xml:886
+msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:885
-msgid ""
-"Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, access "
-"home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer to) italc "
-"(documentation.)"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:888
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:890
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
-msgid "LDAP Setup"
+#: release-manual.xml:893 release-manual.xml:1021 release-manual.xml:1043
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:897
-msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:894 release-manual.xml:1022 release-manual.xml:1044
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
+"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
+"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But "
+"first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they "
+"are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:919
+msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:920
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:921
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
"ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:906
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2282,14 +2365,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:908
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
"package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:930
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2298,19 +2381,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:933
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:936
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -2320,21 +2403,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:943
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:924
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2343,14 +2426,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:948
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2358,12 +2441,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2371,13 +2454,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:953
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:954
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2385,40 +2468,46 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
-msgid "Java"
+#: release-manual.xml:957
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other useful plugins"
+msgstr "Andre tema"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:958
+msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:938
+#: release-manual.xml:959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:941
-msgid "Sound & Video"
+#: release-manual.xml:962
+msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid ""
-"- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink "
-"url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/ </"
-"ulink> or some other site?"
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
+"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
+"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:965
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2426,51 +2515,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:968
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:969
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Other useful plugins"
-msgstr "Andre tema"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:955
-msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:956
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
-"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:973
+msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:975
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2479,36 +2554,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
-msgid "printer managing"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
-msgid ""
-"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
-"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
-"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
-"correct permissions to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
-msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:978
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:971
+#: release-manual.xml:980
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -2517,7 +2573,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
"specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -2525,33 +2581,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:982
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
"\"59-62\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:976
+#: release-manual.xml:985
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -2559,12 +2615,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
-msgid "load balancing servers"
+#: release-manual.xml:988
+msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -2576,12 +2632,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:984
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2590,21 +2646,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:994
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2614,12 +2670,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2632,19 +2688,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1004
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1007
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -2654,12 +2710,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -2668,126 +2724,88 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1006
-msgid "Using volatile.debian.org and backports.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
-msgid "FIXME: describe howto..."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid "remote Desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
"with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
"their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Other solutions"
-msgstr "Andre tema"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1016
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid ""
-"FIXME: should be rewritten to match the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> "
-"audience"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in "
+"$svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
-"students."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
+msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1019
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1036
+msgid "Schooltool"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points."
+"FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
+"use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
-msgid "Resize Partitions"
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
+msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
-"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
-"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
-"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
-"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
-"while the partition is unmounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
-msgid ""
-"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
-"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
-"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
-"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
-"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1041
msgid ""
-"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
-"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
-"the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
-"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
-"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
-"computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
-"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
-"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
-"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
-"the file systems."
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
+"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1048
msgid ""
-"FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
-"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
-"</ulink> instructions?"
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
+"interesting"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1054
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -2796,7 +2814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -2807,48 +2825,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1069
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1072
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1056
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid "Documentation writers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -2856,12 +2874,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1074
+#: release-manual.xml:1093
msgid "Translations wanted"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
"Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
@@ -2871,24 +2889,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1097
msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
"(the region of Extremadura)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
"users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -2896,22 +2914,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1089
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1109
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -2919,7 +2937,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1112
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
"debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -2927,12 +2945,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -2940,7 +2958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -2949,43 +2967,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1132
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1126
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1127
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -2993,13 +3011,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
+#: release-manual.xml:1151
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf "
@@ -3007,7 +3025,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3016,27 +3034,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1136
+#: release-manual.xml:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1158
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under "
@@ -3044,29 +3062,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1141
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1143
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid "Howto translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3076,7 +3094,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
msgid ""
"To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -3087,7 +3105,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3095,14 +3113,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1154
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1158
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -3111,7 +3129,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -3119,36 +3137,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1181
msgid "Potential problems for translations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
"different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3158,7 +3176,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3167,7 +3185,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3176,7 +3194,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3184,17 +3202,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3203,12 +3221,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3222,7 +3240,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3233,7 +3251,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3245,14 +3263,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3261,7 +3279,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3269,7 +3287,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1216
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3278,7 +3296,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1218
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3293,7 +3311,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3307,7 +3325,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3316,7 +3334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1224
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3325,7 +3343,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3334,7 +3352,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3343,7 +3361,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3354,7 +3372,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3364,7 +3382,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1235
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3378,7 +3396,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3388,7 +3406,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3400,7 +3418,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3413,7 +3431,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3425,7 +3443,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3442,7 +3460,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3450,7 +3468,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3464,14 +3482,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3483,7 +3501,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3492,7 +3510,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3504,7 +3522,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1253
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3517,7 +3535,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3531,7 +3549,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1240
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3545,27 +3563,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1265
msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1252
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -3577,97 +3595,97 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271 release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290 release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1300
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292 release-manual.xml:1299 release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1311 release-manual.xml:1318 release-manual.xml:1325
msgid "? (FIXME)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1304
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1328
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -3676,24 +3694,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Other topics"
+#~ msgstr "Andre tema"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Other solutions"
+#~ msgstr "Andre tema"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 308308e..25d5667 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
</title><para>This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para><para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 19:32 UTC</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</computeroutput>.
</para><para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
</para><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations
@@ -36,8 +36,21 @@
</ulink> from Debian Edu sarge and woody
</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo
-</ulink> - simple step by step Howtos
+</ulink> - simple step by step Howtos:
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general administriation
+</ulink>
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop
+</ulink>
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients'>networked clients
+</ulink>
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching and learning
+</ulink>
</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute
</ulink> to Debian Edu
</para>
@@ -832,14 +845,56 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</ulink>. Then upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release).
</para>
</section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>HowTo
-</title><para>
-</para><para/><section><title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
+</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for general administration
+</title><para>The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting Started
+</ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance
+</ulink> chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already "advanced" tipps and tricks.
+</para><para/><section><title>Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server
+</title><itemizedlist><listitem>barebone install using debian-edu-expert
+</listitem><listitem>install the packages for the service
+</listitem><listitem>configure the service
+</listitem><listitem>disable the service on main-server
+</listitem><listitem>update dns on main-server
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist><para/>
+</section><section><title>/etc/ in svk
+</title><para>FIXME. see below for a link to a howto
+</para><para/>
+</section><section><title>printer managing
+</title><para>To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631
+</ulink>. You will need to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with correct permissions to make changes.
+</para><para/>
+</section><section><title>Firewall setup (coyote linux)
+</title><para>FIXME
+</para><para/>
+</section><section><title>Resize Partitions
+</title><para>Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen while the partition is unmounted.
+</para><para>It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one.
+</para><para>To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize
+</computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab
+</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab
+</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab
+</computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the argument <computeroutput>-n
+</computeroutput> is needed to actually extend the file systems.
+</para><para>FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0
+</ulink> instructions?
+</para><para/>
+</section><section><title>Using volatile.debian.org
+</title><para>FIXME: describe how to...
+</para><para/>
+</section><section><title>Using backports.org
+</title><para>FIXME: describe how to...
+</para><para/>
+</section><section><title>Java
+</title><para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts
+]]>
+</screen><para/>
+</section><section><title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
</title><para>The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
</ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
-</ulink> over here!
-</para><para>Those are not that many:
+</ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn
</ulink>
</para>
@@ -852,51 +907,17 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/EtcInSvk'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/EtcInSvk
</ulink>
</para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs
-</ulink>
-</para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
-</ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed
-</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
</ulink>
</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication
</ulink>
</para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep
-</ulink> - incomplete but interesting
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>(see the history of those wiki pages and ask the authors if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL)
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Other topics
-</title><para>Other topics the documentation should cover, not neccessarily in the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo
-</ulink> Chapter though <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> This <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo
-</ulink> chapter definitly needs reorganisation - sorry translators <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/sad.png' depth='15'/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:(
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject>
-</para><para>Somewhere we also need to document lwat basics (howto create users, access home dirs (or rather export them to machines) and (give a pointer to) italc (documentation.)
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem>barebone install using debian-edu-expert
-</listitem><listitem>install the packages for the service
-</listitem><listitem>configure the service
-</listitem><listitem>disable the service on main-server
-</listitem><listitem>update dns on main-server
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>LDAP Setup
-</title><para/>
-</section><section><title>/etc/ in svk
-</title><para/>
-</section><section><title>KDE Kiosk mode
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for the desktop
+</title><para/><section><title>KDE Kiosk mode
</title><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode
</ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings
</para>
@@ -933,39 +954,27 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla
]]>
</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>Java
-</title><para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts
+</section><section><title>Other useful plugins
+</title><para>After adding the multimedia repository:
+</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins
]]>
</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>Sound & Video
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem><para>- where to find libdvdcss for playing dvds. Should we promote <ulink url='http://www.debian-multimedia.org/'>http://www.debian-multimedia.org/
-</ulink> or some other site?
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or just add
+</section><section><title>Playing DVDs
+</title><para>libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org.
+</para><para>To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or just add
</para><screen><![CDATA[deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main
]]>
</screen><para>to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring).
</para><para>Install multimedia and dvd libraries
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs
]]>
-</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>Other useful plugins
-</title><para>After adding the multimedia repository:
-</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins
-]]>
-</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations
+</screen>
+</section>
+</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for networked clients
+</title><para/><section><title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations
</title><para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
</ulink>
</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>printer managing
-</title><para>To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631
-</ulink>. You will need to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with correct permissions to make changes.
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Firewall setup (coyote linux)
-</title><para/>
</section><section><title>LTSP in detail
</title><para/><section><title>lts.conf
</title><para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf to see examples and what parameters you can specify.
@@ -976,7 +985,7 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</para><para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client.
</para><para>To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you lts.conf file.
</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>load balancing servers
+</section><section><title>load balancing LTSP servers
</title><para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in lts.conf. Another is by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1.
</para><para/>
</section>
@@ -1003,34 +1012,44 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</title><para>Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now).
</para><para/>
</section>
-</section><section><title>Using volatile.debian.org and backports.org
-</title><para>FIXME: describe howto...
-</para><para/>
</section><section><title>remote Desktops
</title><para>Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the solution is stable.
</listitem><listitem>VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Other solutions
-</title><para>FIXME: should be rewritten to match the <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo
-</ulink> audience
-</para><para>Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their students.
-</para><para>Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access.
-</para><para>Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points.
+</section><section><title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
+</title><para>The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
+</ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
+</ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs
+</ulink>
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
+</ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for teaching and learning
+</title><para/><section><title>Schooltool
+</title><para>FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points.
</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Resize Partitions
-</title><para>Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen while the partition is unmounted.
-</para><para>It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one.
-</para><para>To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize
-</computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab
-</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab
-</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab
-</computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the argument <computeroutput>-n
-</computeroutput> is needed to actually extend the file systems.
-</para><para>FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0
-</ulink> instructions?
+</section><section><title>Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access
+</title><para>Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
+</para><para>Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
+</para><para/>
+</section><section><title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
+</title><para>The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
+</ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
+</ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep
+</ulink> - incomplete but interesting
</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
</section>
</section> <para/><section><title>Contribute
</title><para/><section><title>Let us know you exist
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list